blob: ff4926040b5dea46117edb7d34a8d798b1c44390 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100505- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100507
508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200513
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100517 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200518
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200519- MIPS CPU options:
520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
521
522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
524 relocation.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
527
528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
530 Possible values are:
531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
541
542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
544
545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
546
547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
550
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000551- ARM options:
552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
553
554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
556
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
558
559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
563 GCC.
564
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
569
570 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
571 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
572 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
573 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
574 set these options unless they apply!
575
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000576- CPU timer options:
577 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
578
579 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
580 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
581 option must be set to 1000.
582
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000583- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000584 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
585
586 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
587 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
588 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
589 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
590 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
591 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
592 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000593 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100594 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 default environment.
596
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000597 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
598
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200599 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000600 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
601 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
602
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400603 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200604
605 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400606 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
607 concepts).
608
609 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
610 * New libfdt-based support
611 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500612 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400613
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200614 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
615 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
616 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
617 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200618 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600619 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200620
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200621 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
622 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500623
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600624 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
625
626 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
627 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000628
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500629 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
630
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200631 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500632 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
633
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200634 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
635
636 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
637 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
638 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
639 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
640 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
641 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
642
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000643 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
644
645 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
646 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
647 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
648 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
649 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
650 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
651 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
652
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100653- vxWorks boot parameters:
654
655 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
656 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
659 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
660 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
661 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
663
664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
665
666 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
667
668 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
669 the defaults discussed just above.
670
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000671- Cache Configuration:
672 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
673 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
674 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
675
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000676- Cache Configuration for ARM:
677 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
678 controller
679 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
680 controller register space
681
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000682- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200683 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684
685 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
686
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200687 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000688
689 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
690
691 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
692
693 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
694 the clock speed of the UARTs.
695
696 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
697
698 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
699 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
700 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
701
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000702 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
703
704 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
705 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
706 this variable to initialize the extra register.
707
708 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
709
710 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
711 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
712 variable to flush the UART at init time.
713
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000714
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000716 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
717 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
718 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
719 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720
721 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
722 port routines must be defined elsewhere
723 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
724
725 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
726 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000727 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
729 (default big endian)
730 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
731 rectangle fill
732 (cf. smiLynxEM)
733 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
734 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
735 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
736 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000737 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
738 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000739 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
740 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000741 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
743 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
744 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
745 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
746 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
747 (i.e. i8042_getc)
748 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
749 (requires blink timer
750 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200751 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
753 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
756 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000757 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
758 linux_logo.h for logo.
759 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200761 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762 the logo
763
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000764 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
765 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
766 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
767
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000768 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
769 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
770 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000771
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000772 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
773 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
774 the "silent" environment variable. See
775 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000776
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200777 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
778 is 0x00.
779 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
780 is 0xa0.
781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782- Console Baudrate:
783 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
784 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200785 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
786 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000787
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100788- Console Rx buffer length
789 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
790 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100791 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100792 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
793 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
794 the SMC.
795
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000796- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200797 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
798 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
799 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
800 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
801 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
802 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
803 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200804 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200805 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000806
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200807 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
808 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000809
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000810- Safe printf() functions
811 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
812 the printf() functions. These are defined in
813 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
814 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
815 If this option is not given then these functions will
816 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
817 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
820 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
821 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000822 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
823 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
825 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
826 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
827 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
828 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
829 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
830 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
831 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
835 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
836 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
837
838- Autoboot Command:
839 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
840 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
841 define a command string that is automatically executed
842 when no character is read on the console interface
843 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
844
845 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000846 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
847 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
848 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000849
850 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000851 The value of these goes into the environment as
852 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
853 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200854 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000855
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100856- Bootcount:
857 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
858 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
859 cycle, see:
860 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
861
862 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
863 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
864 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
865 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
866 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
867 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
868 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
869 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
870 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872- Pre-Boot Commands:
873 CONFIG_PREBOOT
874
875 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
876 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
877 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
878 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
879 entering interactive mode.
880
881 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
882 automatically generated or modified. For an example
883 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
884 modified when the user holds down a certain
885 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
886 booting the systems
887
888- Serial Download Echo Mode:
889 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
890 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
891 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
892 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
893 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
894 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
895 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
896
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
899 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200900 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901
902- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
904 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000905 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
906 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 and augmenting with additional #define's
908 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 The default command configuration includes all commands
911 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
915 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
916 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
917 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
918 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
919 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800920 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
924 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
925 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600926 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
927 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
928 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
931 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500933 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
934 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600935 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600936 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500938 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000939 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
940 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700941 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
942 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500943 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000945 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500946 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
947 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200948 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000949 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500950 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000951 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000952 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
954 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
955 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
956 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000957 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200958 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500960 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000961 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
963 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
964 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
965 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200966 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000967 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
968 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
970 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200971 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400972 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000973 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000975 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500977 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
978 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
979 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100980 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
982 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200983 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600984 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000985 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
987 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
988 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
989 host
990 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000991 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500992 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
993 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
996 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
997 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
998 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
999 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1000 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001001 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001002 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001003 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001004 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001005 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001007 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001009 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1010 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001013 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001014 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
1017 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1018 support you can write:
1019
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1021 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001023 Other Commands:
1024 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025
1026 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001027 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001028 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1029 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1030 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1031 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1032 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1033 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
1035
1036 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1037
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001038- Regular expression support:
1039 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001040 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1041 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1042 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1043 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001044
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001045- Device tree:
1046 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1047 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1048 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1049 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1050 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1051 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1052
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001053 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1054 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001055
1056 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1057 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1058 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1059 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1060 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1061 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001062
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001063 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1064 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1065 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1066 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1067
1068 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1069
1070 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1071 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1072 still use the individual files if you need something more
1073 exotic.
1074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075- Watchdog:
1076 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1077 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001078 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1079 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1080 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1081 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1082 available, then no further board specific code should
1083 be needed to use it.
1084
1085 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1086 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1087 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1088 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001090- U-Boot Version:
1091 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1092 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1093 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1094 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001095 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1096 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001097
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098- Real-Time Clock:
1099
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001100 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001101 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1102 following options:
1103
1104 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1105 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001106 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001108 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001110 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001111 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001112 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001113 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001114 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001115 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1116 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001117
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001118 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1119 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1120
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001121- GPIO Support:
1122 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001123
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001124 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1125 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1126 pins supported by a particular chip.
1127
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001128 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1129 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001131- Timestamp Support:
1132
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001133 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1134 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1135 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001136 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001137
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001138- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1139 Zero or more of the following:
1140 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1141 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1142 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1143 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1144 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1145 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1146 disk/part_efi.c
1147 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001149 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1150 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001151 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
1153- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001154 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1155 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001156
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001157 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1158 be performed by calling the function
1159 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1160 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
1162- ATAPI Support:
1163 CONFIG_ATAPI
1164
1165 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1166
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001167- LBA48 Support
1168 CONFIG_LBA48
1169
1170 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001171 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001172 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1173 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001175 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001176 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1177 Default is 32bit.
1178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001179- SCSI Support:
1180 At the moment only there is only support for the
1181 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1182 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001184 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1185 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1186 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1188 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001189 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001191 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1192 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001193
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001194- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001195 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001196 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1197
1198 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1199 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1200 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1201 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1202
1203 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1204 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1205 example with the "sspi" command.
1206
1207 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1208 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1209 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001210
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001211 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001212 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001213
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1215 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001216 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001217 write routine for first time initialisation.
1218
1219 CONFIG_TULIP
1220 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1221 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1222 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1223
1224 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1225 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1226
1227 CONFIG_NS8382X
1228 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1229
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001230- NETWORK Support (other):
1231
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001232 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1233 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1234
1235 CONFIG_RMII
1236 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1237
1238 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1239 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1240 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1241
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001242 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1243 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1244
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001245 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001246 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1247
1248 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1249 Define this to hold the physical address
1250 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1251
1252 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1253 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1254
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001255 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001256 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1257
1258 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1259 Define this to hold the physical address
1260 of the device (I/O space)
1261
1262 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1263 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1264
1265 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1266 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1267 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1268
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001269 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1270 Support for davinci emac
1271
1272 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1273 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1274
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001275 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1276 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1277
1278 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1279 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1280 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1281 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1282 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1283 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1284 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1285 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1286
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001287 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001288 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1289
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001290 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001291 Define this to hold the physical address
1292 of the device (I/O space)
1293
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001294 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001295 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1296
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001297 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001298 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1299 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001300 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001301
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001302 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1303 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1304
1305 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1306 Define the number of ports to be used
1307
1308 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1309 Define the ETH PHY's address
1310
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001311 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1312 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1313
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001314- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001315 CONFIG_TPM
1316 Support TPM devices.
1317
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001318 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1319 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1320 per system is supported at this time.
1321
1322 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1323 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1324
1325 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1326 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1327
1328 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1329 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1330
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001331 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1332 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1333
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001334 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001335 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1336 per system is supported at this time.
1337
1338 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1339 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1340 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1341 0xfed40000.
1342
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001343 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1344 Add tpm monitor functions.
1345 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1346 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1347
1348 CONFIG_TPM
1349 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1350 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1351 Requires support for a TPM device.
1352
1353 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1354 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1355 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1356
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001357- USB Support:
1358 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001359 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1361 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001362 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001363 storage devices.
1364 Note:
1365 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1366 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001367 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1368 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1369 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001370 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1371 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001372 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1373 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1374 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001375 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1376 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001377 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001378 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1379 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001380
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001381 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1382 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1383
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001384 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1385 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1386
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387- USB Device:
1388 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1389 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1390 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001391 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001392 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1393 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001395 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1396 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1397 a Linux host by
1398 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1399 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1400 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1401 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001402
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001403 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1404 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001405
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001406 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1407 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1408 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001409
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301410 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1411 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1412 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1413 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1414 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1415 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1416 speed.
1417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001418 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001419 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1420 be set to usbtty.
1421
1422 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001423 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001424 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001425 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001427 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001428 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001429 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001430
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001431 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001432 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001433 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001434 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1435 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1436 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1437
1438 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1439 Define this string as the name of your company for
1440 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001441
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001442 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1443 Define this string as the name of your product
1444 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1445
1446 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1447 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1448 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1449 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1450 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001451
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001452 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1453 Define this as the unique Product ID
1454 for your device
1455 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001457 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1458 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1459 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1460 This enables function definition:
1461 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1462 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1463
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001464- ULPI Layer Support:
1465 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1466 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1467 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1468 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1469 viewport is supported.
1470 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1471 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001472 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1473 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1474 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001475
1476- MMC Support:
1477 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1478 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1479 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1480 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001481 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1482 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001483
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001484 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1485 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1486
1487 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1488 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1489
1490 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1491 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1492
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001493- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1494 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1495 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1496
1497 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1498 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1499 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1500 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1501 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1502
1503 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1504 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1505
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001506 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1507 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1508
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301509 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1510 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1511 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1512 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1513 one that would help mostly the developer.
1514
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001515 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1516 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1517 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1518 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1519 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1520
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001521 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1522 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1523 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1524 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1525 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1526 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1527
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001528- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1529 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1530 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1531 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001533 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1534 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001535 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001537 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001538 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1539 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1540
1541 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001542 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001543 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1544 have not defined a custom partition
1545
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001546- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1547 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001548
1549 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1550 file in FAT formatted partition.
1551
1552 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1553 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001554
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001555CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1556 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1557
1558 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1559 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1560 and cbfsload.
1561
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562- Keyboard Support:
1563 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1564
1565 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1566 support
1567
1568 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1569 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1570 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1571 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1572 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1573
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001574 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1575 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1576 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1577 which provides key scans on request.
1578
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001579- Video support:
1580 CONFIG_VIDEO
1581
1582 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1583 video).
1584
1585 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1586
1587 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1588
1589 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001590 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001591 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1592 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1593 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001594
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001595 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001596 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001597 are possible:
1598 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001599 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001600
1601 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1602 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1603 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1604 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1605 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1606 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1607 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001608 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1609
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001610 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001611 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001612
1613
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001614 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001615 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001616 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1617 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1618
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001619 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001620 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001621 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1622 support, and should also define these other macros:
1623
1624 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1625 CONFIG_VIDEO
1626 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1627 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1628 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1629 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1630 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1631 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1632
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001633 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1634 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1635 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1636 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001637
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001638 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1639
1640 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1641 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1642 driver.
1643
1644
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001645- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001646 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001647
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001648 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1649 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1650 defined in your board-specific files.
1651 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001653- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1654
1655 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1656 display); also select one of the supported displays
1657 by defining one of these:
1658
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001659 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1660
1661 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1662
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001663 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001664
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001665 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001667 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001668
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001669 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1670 Active, color, single scan.
1671
1672 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1673
1674 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001675 Active, color, single scan.
1676
1677 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1678
1679 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1680 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1681
1682 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1683
1684 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1685 Active, color, single scan.
1686
1687 CONFIG_HLD1045
1688
1689 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1690 Active, color, single scan.
1691
1692 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1693
1694 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1695 or
1696 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1697 or
1698 Hitachi SP14Q002
1699
1700 320x240. Black & white.
1701
1702 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001703 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001704
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001705 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1706
1707 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1708 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1709 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1710 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1711 a per-section basis.
1712
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001713 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1714
1715 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1716 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1717 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1718 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001719
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001720 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1721
1722 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1723
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001724 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1725
1726 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1727 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1728
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001729- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001730
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001731 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1732 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1733 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001734 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001735 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1736 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1737 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1738 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001739
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001740 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1741
1742 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1743 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001744 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001745 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1746 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1747 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1748 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1749 there is no need to set this option.
1750
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001751 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1752
1753 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1754 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1755 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1756 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1757 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1758 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1759
1760 Example:
1761 setenv splashpos m,m
1762 => image at center of screen
1763
1764 setenv splashpos 30,20
1765 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1766
1767 setenv splashpos -10,m
1768 => vertically centered image
1769 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1770
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001771- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1772
1773 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1774 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1775 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1776
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001777- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1778
1779 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1780 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1781 bmp command.
1782
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001783- Do compresssing for memory range:
1784 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1785
1786 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1787 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1788
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001789- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001790 CONFIG_GZIP
1791
1792 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1793
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001794 CONFIG_BZIP2
1795
1796 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1797 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1798 compressed images are supported.
1799
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001800 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001801 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001802 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001803
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001804 CONFIG_LZMA
1805
1806 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1807 images is included.
1808
1809 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1810 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1811 formula:
1812
1813 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1814
1815 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1816 and Literal pos bits.
1817
1818 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1819 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1820 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1821 a very small buffer.
1822
1823 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1824 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001825 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001826
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001827 CONFIG_LZO
1828
1829 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1830 is included.
1831
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001832- MII/PHY support:
1833 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1834
1835 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1836
1837 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1838
1839 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1840
1841 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1842
1843 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001844 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001845
1846 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1847
1848 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1849 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1850 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1851 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1852
1853 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1854
1855 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1856 command issued before MII status register can be read
1857
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001858- Ethernet address:
1859 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001860 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1862 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001863 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1864 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001865
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001866 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1867 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868 is not determined automatically.
1869
1870- IP address:
1871 CONFIG_IPADDR
1872
1873 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001874 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001876 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877
1878- Server IP address:
1879 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1880
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001881 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001883 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001885 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1886
1887 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1888 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1889
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001890- Gateway IP address:
1891 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1892
1893 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1894 default router where packets to other networks are
1895 sent to.
1896 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1897
1898- Subnet mask:
1899 CONFIG_NETMASK
1900
1901 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1902 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1903 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1904 forwarded through a router.
1905 (Environment variable "netmask")
1906
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001907- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1908 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1909
1910 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1911 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001912 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001913 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1914 multicast group.
1915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1918
1919 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1920 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1921 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1922 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1923 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1924 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1925 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1926 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001927 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928
1929 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1930 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1931 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1932 4th and following
1933 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1934
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001935- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001936 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001938
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001939 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1940 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1942 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1943 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1944 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1945 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1948 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001951 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001952
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001953 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1954 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001955
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001956 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1957 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1958 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1959 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1960 is not available.
1961
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001962 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1963 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1964 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1965 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1966 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1967 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1968 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001969 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001970
1971 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1972 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1973 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001974 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001975 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1976 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001977
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001978 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1979
1980 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1981 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1982 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1983 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1984 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1985 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1986 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1987 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1988 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1989 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1990 this delay.
1991
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001992 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1993 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1994 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1995 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1996 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1997
1998 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1999
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002000 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002001 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002002
2003 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2004
2005 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2006
2007 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2008 of the device.
2009
2010 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2011
2012 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2013 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002014 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002015
2016 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2017
2018 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2019 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2020
2021 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2022
2023 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2024
2025 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2026
2027 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2028
2029 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2030
2031 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2032
2033 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2034
2035 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2036 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2037
2038 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2039
2040 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2041
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002042- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2043
2044 Several configurations allow to display the current
2045 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2046 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2047 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2048 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2049 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2050 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2051 feature in U-Boot.
2052
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002053 Additional options:
2054
2055 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2056 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2057 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2058 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2059 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2060
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002061 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2062 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2063 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2064 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2065 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2066 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2067
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002068- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2069
2070 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2071 on those systems that support this (optional)
2072 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2073
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002074- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002075
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002076 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2077 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2078 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2079 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2080 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2081 interface.
2082
2083 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002084 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2085 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2086 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2087 for defining speed and slave address
2088 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2089 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2090 for defining speed and slave address
2091 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2092 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2093 for defining speed and slave address
2094 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2095 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2096 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002097
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002098 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2099 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2100 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2101 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2102 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2103 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002104 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002105 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2106 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2107 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2108 second bus.
2109
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002110 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002111 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2112 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2113 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002114
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002115 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2116 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2119
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002120 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2121 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2122 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2123 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2124 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2125 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2126 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2127 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2128 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2129 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2130
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002131 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2132 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2133 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2134
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2143 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2144
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002145 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2146 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2147 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2148
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2161 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2162
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002163 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2164 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2175
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002176 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2177 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2178 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2179 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2180
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302181 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2182 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2183 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2184 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2185 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2186
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002187 additional defines:
2188
2189 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2190 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2191 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2192 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2193 omit this define.
2194
2195 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2196 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2197 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2198 omit this define.
2199
2200 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2201 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2202 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2203 define.
2204
2205 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2206 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2207 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2208 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2209 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2210
2211 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2212 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2213 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2214 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2215 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2216 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2217 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2218 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2219 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2220 }
2221
2222 which defines
2223 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002224 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2225 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2226 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2227 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2228 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002229 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002230 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2231 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002232
2233 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2234
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002235- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002236
2237 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2238 provides the following compelling advantages:
2239
2240 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2241 - approved multibus support
2242 - better i2c mux support
2243
2244 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2245
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002246 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2247 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2248 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002250 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002251 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002252 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2253 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002254 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002256 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002258 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002259 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002261 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002262 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002263 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002264 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002265
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002266 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002267 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002268 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2269 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2270 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002272 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2273
2274 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2275 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2276 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2277 commands until the slave device responds.
2278
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002279 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002280
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002281 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002282 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2283 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284
2285 I2C_INIT
2286
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002287 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002288 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002290 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292 I2C_PORT
2293
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002294 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2295 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2296 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002297
2298 I2C_ACTIVE
2299
2300 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2301 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2302 define can be null.
2303
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002304 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306 I2C_TRISTATE
2307
2308 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2309 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2310 define can be null.
2311
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002312 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314 I2C_READ
2315
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002316 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2317 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002319 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2320
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321 I2C_SDA(bit)
2322
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002323 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2324 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002326 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002327 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002328 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330 I2C_SCL(bit)
2331
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002332 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2333 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002334
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002335 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002336 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002337 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002338
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002339 I2C_DELAY
2340
2341 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2342 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002343 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002344 like:
2345
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002346 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002348 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2349
2350 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2351 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2352 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2353 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2354
2355 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2356 the generic GPIO functions.
2357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002358 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002359
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002360 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2361 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2362 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2363 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2364 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2365 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2366 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2367 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002368
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002369 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2370
2371 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2372 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2373 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2374 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2375 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2376 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2377 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2378 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2379
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002380 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2381
2382 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2383 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2384 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2385
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002386 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2387
2388 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002389 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2390 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002391 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002393 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002394
2395 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002396 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002397 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2398 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002399
2400 e.g.
2401 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002402 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002403
2404 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2405
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002406 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002407 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002408
2409 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002411 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002412
2413 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2414 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002416 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002417
2418 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2419 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002421 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002422
2423 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2424 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002426 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002427
2428 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2429 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2430 specified DTT device.
2431
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002432 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2433
2434 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2435 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2436 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2437 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2438 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2439 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2440 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002441
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2443
2444 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2445 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2446 D/As on the SACSng board)
2447
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002448 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2449
2450 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2451 only SH7757 is supported.
2452
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002453 CONFIG_SPI_X
2454
2455 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2456 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2457
2458 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2459
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002460 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2461 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2462 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2463 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2464 defined, the board configuration must define several
2465 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2466 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002468 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2469
2470 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2471 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2472 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002473 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002474 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2475
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002476 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2477
2478 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002479 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002480
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002481- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2482
2483 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2484
2485 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2486
2487 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2488 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2489
2490 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2491
2492 Enables support for FPGA family.
2493 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2494
2495 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002497 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002499 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002500
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002501 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002503 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002505 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2506 status by the configuration function. This option
2507 will require a board or device specific function to
2508 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509
2510 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2511
2512 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2513 configuration driver.
2514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002518 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002520 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2521 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2522 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2523 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002525 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002527 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2528 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2529 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002530 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002532 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002534 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002535 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002539 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002540 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541
2542- Configuration Management:
2543 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2544
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002545 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2546 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
2548- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2549
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002550 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2551 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002552 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002553 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2554 protects these variables from casual modification by
2555 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2556 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002557 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
2559 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2560 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002561 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562 these parameters.
2563
2564 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2565 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002566 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2568 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2569 read-only.]
2570
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002571 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2572 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2573 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2574 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2575
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576- Protected RAM:
2577 CONFIG_PRAM
2578
2579 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2580 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2581 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2582 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2583 this default value by defining an environment
2584 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2585 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2586 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2587 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2588 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2589 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2590 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2591
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002592 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593 saveenv
2594
2595 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2596 either, which results in a memory region that will
2597 not be affected by reboots.
2598
2599 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2600 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2601 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2602 following board configurations are known to be
2603 "pRAM-clean":
2604
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002605 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2606 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002607 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002609- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2610 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2611 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2612 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2613 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2614 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2615 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2616
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617- Error Recovery:
2618 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2619
2620 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2621 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2622 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002623 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002624 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2625 useful during development since you can try to debug
2626 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2627
2628 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2629
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002630 This variable defines the number of retries for
2631 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2632 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2633 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002635 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2636
2637 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2638
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002639 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2640
2641 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2642 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2643 try longer timeout such as
2644 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002647 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002648
2649 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2650
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002651 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2652 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002653
2654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002655 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656
2657 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2658 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2659 powerful command line syntax like
2660 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2661 constructs ("shell scripts").
2662
2663 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2664 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2665
2666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002667 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
2669 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2670 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2671 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2672
2673 Note:
2674
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002675 In the current implementation, the local variables
2676 space and global environment variables space are
2677 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2678 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2679 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2680 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2681 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002683 Global environment variables are those you use
2684 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2685 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2686 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
2688 To store commands and special characters in a
2689 variable, please use double quotation marks
2690 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2691 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2692 symbols.
2693
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002694- Commandline Editing and History:
2695 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2696
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002697 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002698 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002699
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002700- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2702
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002703 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2704 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002705 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002706
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002707 For example, place something like this in your
2708 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
2710 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2711 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2712 "myvar2=value2\0"
2713
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002714 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2715 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2716 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2717 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002718 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719 You better know what you are doing here.
2720
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002721 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2722 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002723 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002724 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002726 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2727
2728 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2729 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2730 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2731
2732 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2733
2734 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2735 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2736 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2737 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2738 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2739
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002740 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2741
2742 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2743 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2744 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2745
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002746 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2747
2748 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2749 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2750 that so that the environment is not available until
2751 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2752 this is instead controlled by the value of
2753 /config/load-environment.
2754
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002755- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002756 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2757
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002758 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2759 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2760 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002761
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002762- Serial Flash support
2763 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2764
2765 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2766 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2767
2768 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2769 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2770 commands.
2771
2772 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2773 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2774 flash is present on the system.
2775
2776 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2777 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2778 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2779 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2780
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002781 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2782
2783 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2784 test ('sf test').
2785
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302786 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2787
2788 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2789 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2790
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302791 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2792
2793 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2794 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2795 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2796
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002797- SystemACE Support:
2798 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2799
2800 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2801 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002802 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002803 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002804
2805 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002806 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002807
2808 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2809 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2810
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002811- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2812 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2813
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002814 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002815 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002816 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002817 number generator is used.
2818
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002819 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2820 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2821 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2822
2823 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002824 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2825 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2826 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2827 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2828 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2829 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2830
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002831- Hashing support:
2832 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2833
2834 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2835 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2836
2837 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2838
2839 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2840 size a little.
2841
2842 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2843 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2844
2845 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2846 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2847
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002848- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2849 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2850 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2851 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2852
2853 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2854 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2855 a boot from specific media.
2856
2857 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2858 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2859 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2860 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2861 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2862
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002863- Signing support:
2864 CONFIG_RSA
2865
2866 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002867 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002868
2869 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2870 option.
2871
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002872- bootcount support:
2873 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2874
2875 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2876 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2877
2878 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2879 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2880 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2881 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2882 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2883 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2884 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2885 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2886 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2887 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2888 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2889 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2890 the bootcounter.
2891 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002892
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002893- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2895
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002896 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2897 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2898 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2899 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2900 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2901 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002903- Detailed boot stage timing
2904 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2905 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2906 of the boot process.
2907
2908 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2909 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2910 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2911 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2912 the limit, recording will stop.
2913
2914 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2915 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2916
2917 Timer summary in microseconds:
2918 Mark Elapsed Stage
2919 0 0 reset
2920 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2921 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2922 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2923 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2924 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2925 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2926 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2927
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002928 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2929 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2930 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2931
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002932 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2933 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2934 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2935 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2936 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2937 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2938 For example:
2939
2940 bootstage {
2941 154 {
2942 name = "board_init_f";
2943 mark = <3575678>;
2944 };
2945 170 {
2946 name = "lcd";
2947 accum = <33482>;
2948 };
2949 };
2950
2951 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2952
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002953Legacy uImage format:
2954
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955 Arg Where When
2956 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002957 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002959 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002961 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2963 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2964 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002965 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002966 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2967 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2968 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2969 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002970 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002972
2973 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2974 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2975 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2976 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2977 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2978 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2979 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002980 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002981 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2982 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2983
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002984 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002985
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002986 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002987 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2988 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002989
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002990 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2991 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2992 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2993 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2994 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2995 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2996 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2997 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2998 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2999 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3000 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3001 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3002 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3003 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3004 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3005 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3006 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3007 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3008 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3009 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3010 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3011 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3012 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3013 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3014 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3015 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3016 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3017 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3018 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3019 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3020 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3021 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3022 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3023 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3024 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3025 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3026 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3027 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3028 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3029 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3030 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3031 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3032 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3033 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3034 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3035 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3036 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003037
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003038 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003040 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003041 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3042 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003043
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003044 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3045 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003046 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003047 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3048 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3049 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003050 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3051 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003052 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003053
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003054FIT uImage format:
3055
3056 Arg Where When
3057 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3058 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3059 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3060 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3061 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3062 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003063 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003064 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3065 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3066 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3067 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3068 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003069 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3070 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003071 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3072 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3073 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3074 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3075 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3076 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3077 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3078 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3079
3080 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3081 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3082 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003083 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003084 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3085 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3086 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3087 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3088 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3089 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3090 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3091 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3092 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3093 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3094 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3095 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3096
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003097 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003098 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3099
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003100 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003101 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3102
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003103 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003104 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3105
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003106- FIT image support:
3107 CONFIG_FIT
3108 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3109
3110 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3111 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3112 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3113 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3114 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3115 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3116
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003117 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3118 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3119 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3120 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3121
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003122- Standalone program support:
3123 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3124
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003125 This option defines a board specific value for the
3126 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3127 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003128 settings.
3129
3130- Frame Buffer Address:
3131 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3132
3133 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003134 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3135 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3136 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3137 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3138 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3139 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3140 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003141
3142 Please see board_init_f function.
3143
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003144- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3145 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3146 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3147 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3148
3149 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3150 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3151
3152- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3153 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3154
3155 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3156 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3157
3158 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3159
3160 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3161 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3162
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003163- UBI support
3164 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3165
3166 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3167 with the UBI flash translation layer
3168
3169 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3170
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003171 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3172
3173 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3174 warnings and errors enabled.
3175
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003176- UBIFS support
3177 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3178
3179 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3180 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3181
3182 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3183
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003184 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3185
3186 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3187 warnings and errors enabled.
3188
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003189- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003190 CONFIG_SPL
3191 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003192
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003193 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3194 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3195
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003196 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3197 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3198 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3199 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003200 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003201 must not be both defined at the same time.
3202
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003203 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003204 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3205 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3206 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3207 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003208
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003209 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3210 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003211
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003212 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3213 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3214 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3215
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003216 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3217 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3218
3219 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003220 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3221 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3222 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003223 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003224 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003225
3226 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3227 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3228
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003229 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3230 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3231 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3232 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3233
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003234 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3235 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3236
3237 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3238 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003239
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003240 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3241 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3242 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3243 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3244
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003245 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3246 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3247 about the running system.
3248
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003249 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3250 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3251
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003252 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3253 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003254
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003255 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3256 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003257
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003258 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3259 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003260
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003261 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3262 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003263
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003264 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3265 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003266
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003267 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3268 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3269 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3270 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3271 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3272
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003273 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3274 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3275 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3276
3277 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3278 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3279 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3280 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3281 (for falcon mode)
3282
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003283 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3284 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3285
3286 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3287 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3288
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003289 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3290 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3291 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3292
3293 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3294 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3295 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3296
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003297 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3298 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3299 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3300 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3301 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3302
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003303 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3304 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3305 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3306
3307 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3308 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3309
3310 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3311 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3312
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003313 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003314 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3315 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003316
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003317 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3318 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003319 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003320
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003321 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3322 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3323 SPL binary.
3324
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003325 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3326 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3327 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3328 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3329 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3330 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003331 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003332
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303333 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3334 Add support NAND boot
3335
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003336 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003337 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3338
3339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3340 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3341
3342 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3343 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003344
3345 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003346 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003347
3348 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3349 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3350 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3351
3352 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3353 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3354 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3355
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003356 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3357 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003358
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003359 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3360 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003361
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003362 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3363 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003364
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003365 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3366 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3367
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003368 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3369 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003370
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003371 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3372 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3373
3374 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3375 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3376 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3377 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3378
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003379 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003380 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3381 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3382 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3383 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3384 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003385
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003386 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3387 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3388 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3389 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3390
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003391 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3392 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3393 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3394 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3395 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3396
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003397- TPL framework
3398 CONFIG_TPL
3399 Enable building of TPL globally.
3400
3401 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3402 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3403 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003404 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3405 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3406 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408Modem Support:
3409--------------
3410
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003411[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003412
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003413- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3415
3416- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3417 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3418
3419- Modem debug support:
3420 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3421
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003422 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3423 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003424
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003425- Interrupt support (PPC):
3426
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003427 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3428 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003429 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003430 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003431 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003432 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003433 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003434 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3435 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3436 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003437
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438- General:
3439
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003440 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3441 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3442 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003443 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003444 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3445 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3446 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003448 If there are no modem init strings in the
3449 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3450 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003451 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452
3453 See also: doc/README.Modem
3454
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003455Board initialization settings:
3456------------------------------
3457
3458During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3459to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3460before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3461following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3462architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3463typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3464
3465- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3466- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3467- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3468- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470Configuration Settings:
3471-----------------------
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3475
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003476- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3477 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003479- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480 prompt for user input.
3481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003482- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3490 booted
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003492- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003496 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003498- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003499 If the board specific function
3500 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3501 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003505 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3512 simple memory test.
3513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003514- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003515 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003518 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3519 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003521- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3522 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003523 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003524 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003525 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3526 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3527 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003528 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003529 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003530 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003531
3532 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3533 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3534 be touched.
3535
3536 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3537 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3538 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3539 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3540 problems.
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3550 Cogent motherboard)
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3557 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003558 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003559 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003562 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3563 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3564 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3565 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003571 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3572 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003573 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003574 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3578 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003579 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3580 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003581 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003582 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003583 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003584 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3585 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3586 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003588- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3589 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3590 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3591 is enabled.
3592
3593- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3594 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3595 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3596
3597- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3598 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3599 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003601- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602 Max number of Flash memory banks
3603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003604- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003605 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003607- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003610- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003611 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003613- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003614 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003616- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003617 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003619- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003620 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3621 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624
3625 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3626 without this option such a download has to be
3627 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3628 copy from RAM to flash.
3629
3630 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3631 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003632 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3633 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003636- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003637 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003638 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003640- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003641 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3642 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003644- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3645 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3646 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3647 to the MTD layer.
3648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003649- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003650 Use buffered writes to flash.
3651
3652- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3653 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3654 write commands.
3655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003656- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003657 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3658 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3659 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3660 optionally available.
3661
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003662- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3663 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3664 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3665 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3666
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003667- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3668 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3669 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3670 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3671 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3672 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3673 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3674 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003676- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003677 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3678 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003679 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3680 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003681 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003682 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3683
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003684- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3685
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003686 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3687 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3688 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3689 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3690 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003691
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003692- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3693- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003694 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003695 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3696 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3697 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3698
3699 The format of the list is:
3700 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003701 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3702 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003703 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3704 list = entry[,list]
3705
3706 The type attributes are:
3707 s - String (default)
3708 d - Decimal
3709 x - Hexadecimal
3710 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3711 i - IP address
3712 m - MAC address
3713
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003714 The access attributes are:
3715 a - Any (default)
3716 r - Read-only
3717 o - Write-once
3718 c - Change-default
3719
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003720 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3721 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3722 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3723
3724 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3725 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3726 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3727 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3728 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3729 ".flags" variable.
3730
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003731- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3732 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3733 access flags.
3734
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003735- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3736 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3737 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3738 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3739 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3740 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3741 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3742 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3743 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3744
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003745- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3746 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3747 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3748 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003750The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3751of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3752following configurations:
3753
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003754- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3755
3756 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3757 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003759- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
3761 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3762
3763 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3764 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3765 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3766 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3767 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3768 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3769 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3770 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3771 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3772 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3773 between U-Boot and the environment.
3774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003775 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
3777 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3778 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3779 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3780 for this sector is given here.
3781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003784 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
3786 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3787 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003788 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003790 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
3792 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3793
3794
3795 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3796 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3797 the environment.
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003799 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003801 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003802 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3804 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3805
3806 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3807 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3808 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3809 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3810 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3811 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3812 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3813 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3814 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003816 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3817 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003819 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003820 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003821 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003822 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
3824BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3825source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3826accordingly!
3827
3828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003829- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
3831 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3832 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3833 environment.
3834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003835 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3836 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003838 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3840 can just be read and written to, without any special
3841 provision.
3842
3843BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3844in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003845console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846U-Boot will hang.
3847
3848Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3849environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3850keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3851to save the current settings.
3852
3853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003854- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
3856 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3857 device and a driver for it.
3858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003859 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3860 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
3862 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3863 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003865 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3867 The default address is zero.
3868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003869 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3871 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3872 would require six bits.
3873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003874 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003876 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3880 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003883 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3884 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3885 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3886 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3887 byte chips.
3888
3889 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3890 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3891 in the chip address.
3892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003893 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003894 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3895
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003896 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3897 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3898 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3899
3900 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3901 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3902 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3903 EEPROM. For example:
3904
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003905 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003906
3907 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3908 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003910- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003911
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003912 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003913 want to use for the environment.
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003915 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3916 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3917 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003918
3919 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3920 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3921 at the specified address.
3922
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003923- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3924
3925 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3926 want to use for the local device's environment.
3927
3928 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3929 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3930
3931 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3932 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3933 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003934 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003935
3936BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3937"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003938environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3939but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003941- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003942
3943 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3944 for the environment.
3945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003946 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3947 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003948
3949 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003950 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3951 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003952
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003953 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003954
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003955 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003956 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3957 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003958 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003959 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003960
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003961 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3962
3963 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3964 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3965 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3966 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3967 the range to be avoided.
3968
3969 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3970
3971 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3972 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3973 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3974 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3975 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003976
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003977- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3978
3979 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3980 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3981 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3982
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003983- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3984
3985 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3986 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3987 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3988
3989 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3990
3991 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3992
3993 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3994
3995 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3996 environment in.
3997
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003998 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3999
4000 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4001 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4002 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4003
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004004 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4005 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4006
4007 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4008 when storing the env in UBI.
4009
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004010- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4011
4012 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4013 environment.
4014
4015 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4016
4017 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4018
4019 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4020
4021 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4022 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4023 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4024
4025 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4026 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4027
4028 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4029 area within the specified MMC device.
4030
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004031 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4032 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4033 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4034 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4035 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4036 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4037 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4038
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004039 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4040 MMC sector boundary.
4041
4042 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4043
4044 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4045 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4046 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4047 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4048
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004049 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4050 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4051
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004052 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4053 an MMC sector boundary.
4054
4055 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4056
4057 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4058 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4059 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
4063 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4064 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4065 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4066 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4067 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4068 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4069 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4070
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004071Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004073created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074until then to read environment variables.
4075
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004076The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4077is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4078with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4079necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4080"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4081have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
4083Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4084the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004085use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004087- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004088 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004090 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004091 also needs to be defined.
4092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004093- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004094 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004096- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4097 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4098 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4099 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4100 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4101 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4102
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004103- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4104 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4105 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4106 to do this.
4107
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004108- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4109 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4110 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4111 present.
4112
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004114---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004116- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004121
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004122 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4123 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4124 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004126- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4127 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4128 PowerPC SOCs.
4129
4130- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4131 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4132 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4133
4134 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4135 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4136
4137- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4138 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4139 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004140 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004141 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4142 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4143 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4144
4145 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4146 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4147
4148- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004149 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4150 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004151 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4152 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4153
4154- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4155 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4156 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4157 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4158
4159- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4160 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4161 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4162
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004163- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004165
4166 the default drive number (default value 0)
4167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004169
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004170 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004171 (default value 1)
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004173 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004174
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004175 defines the offset of register from address. It
4176 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004177 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004179 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4180 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004181 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004184 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4185 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4186 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4187 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004188
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004189- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4190 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4191 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4192 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4193 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4194 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4195 is requierd.
4196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004198 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004199 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004201- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004203 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4205 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4206 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4207 will become available only after programming the
4208 memory controller and running certain initialization
4209 sequences.
4210
4211 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4212 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4213 - MPC824X: data cache
4214 - PPC4xx: data cache
4215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004216- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217
4218 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004219 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4220 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004222 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004223 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4224 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4225 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
4227 Note:
4228 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4229 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004230 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4232 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004234- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004238- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004240- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004242- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004244- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004246- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247 SDRAM timing
4248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250 periodic timer for refresh
4251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004252- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004254- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4255 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4256 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4257 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4259
4260- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004261 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4262 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004265- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4266 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4268 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004270- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4272 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004275 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4276 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004278- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4280 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004282- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4284 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4285 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004288 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4289 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4290 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4291 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004293- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4294 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4295 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4296 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4297 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4298 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4299 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4300 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004301 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004302
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004303- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4304 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4305 required.
4306
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004307- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4308 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4309 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4310 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4311 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4312 by coreboot or similar.
4313
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004314- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4315 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4316
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004317- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4318 Chip has SRIO or not
4319
4320- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4321 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4322
4323- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4324 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4325
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004326- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4327 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4328
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004329- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4330 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4331
4332- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4333 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4334
4335- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4336 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4337
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004338- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4339 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4340 a 16 bit bus.
4341 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004342 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004343 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004344 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004345
4346- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4347 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4348 a default value will be used.
4349
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004350- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004351 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4352 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4353
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004354 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4355 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4356
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004357- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004358 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4359 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4360 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004361
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004362- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4363 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4364 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4365 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4366 header files or board specific files.
4367
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004368- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4369 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004371- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004372 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4373 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004374
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004375- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4376 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4377
4378- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4379 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004380 to the given FEC; i. e.
4381 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004382 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4383
4384 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4385
4386- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4387 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4388 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4389
4390- CONFIG_RMII
4391 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4392 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4393 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4394
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004395- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4396 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4397 The syntax is:
4398
4399 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4400
4401 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4402 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4403 area should have.
4404
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004405- CONFIG_LOOPW
4406 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004407 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004408
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004409- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4410 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4411 "md/mw" commands.
4412 Examples:
4413
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004414 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004415 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4416
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004417 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004418 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4419
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004420 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004421 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004422
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004423- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004424 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004425 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4426 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4427 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004428
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004429 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4430 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4431 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4432 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004433
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004434- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004435 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4436 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4437 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004438
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004439- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4440 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4441 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4442 It is loaded by the SPL.
4443
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004444- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4445 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4446 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4447 previous 4k of the .text section.
4448
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004449- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4450 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4451 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4452 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4453 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4454 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4455 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4456 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4457
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004458- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4459 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4460 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4461 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4462 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4463
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004464- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4465 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4466 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004467
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004468- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4469 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4470
4471 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004472
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004473- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4474 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4475
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004476Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4477-----------------------------------
4478
4479The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4480loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4481This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4482are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4483within that device.
4484
4485- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4486 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4487 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4488 is also specified.
4489
4490- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4491 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4492 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4493 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4494 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4495
4496- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4497 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4498 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4499 virtual address in NOR flash.
4500
4501- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4502 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4503 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4504
4505- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4506 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4507 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4508
4509- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4510 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4511 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4512
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004513- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4514 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4515 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004516 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4517 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4518 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004519
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520Building the Software:
4521======================
4522
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004523Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4524and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4525all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4526(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4527recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4528which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004530If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4531have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4532you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4533Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4534necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004536 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4537 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004539Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4540 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4541 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4542 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4543
4544 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4545
4546 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4547 be executed on computers running Windows.
4548
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004549U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4550sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551is done by typing:
4552
4553 make NAME_config
4554
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004555where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004556rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4559 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4560 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4561 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004562 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564 make TQM823L_config
4565 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4568 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4574images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004576- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4577- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4578- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004580By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4581in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4582this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4583
45841. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4585
4586 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4587 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4588 make O=/tmp/build all
4589
45902. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4591
4592 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4593 make distclean
4594 make NAME_config
4595 make all
4596
4597Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4598variable.
4599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4602for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4603native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4607to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4608steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046101. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004611 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4612 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046132. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4614 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4615 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46163. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4617 your board
46183. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4619 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46204. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46215. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4622 to be installed on your target system.
46236. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4624 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4628==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004630If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4631or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4633the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004634official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004636But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4637cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4639just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004640for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4641select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4642environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4643you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004651When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4652U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4653setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4654built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4655<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4656location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4657variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004658
4659 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4660 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4661 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4662
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004663With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4664log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4665during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004666
4667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671Monitor Commands - Overview:
4672============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674go - start application at address 'addr'
4675run - run commands in an environment variable
4676bootm - boot application image from memory
4677bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004678bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4680 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4681 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004682tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4684diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4685loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4686loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4687md - memory display
4688mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4689nm - memory modify (constant address)
4690mw - memory write (fill)
4691cp - memory copy
4692cmp - memory compare
4693crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004694i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695sspi - SPI utility commands
4696base - print or set address offset
4697printenv- print environment variables
4698setenv - set environment variables
4699saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4700protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4701erase - erase FLASH memory
4702flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004703nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4705iminfo - print header information for application image
4706coninfo - print console devices and informations
4707ide - IDE sub-system
4708loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004709loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710mtest - simple RAM test
4711icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4712dcache - enable or disable data cache
4713reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4714echo - echo args to console
4715version - print monitor version
4716help - print online help
4717? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4721========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
4727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728Environment Variables:
4729======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4732can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4735"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4736without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4737environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4738working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4739environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004741Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4742
4743List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004751 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004755 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4756 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4757 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4758 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4759 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4760 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004761 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4762 bootm_mapsize.
4763
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004764 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004765 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4766 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4767 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4768 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4769 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4770 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004771
4772 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4773 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4774 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4775 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4776 environment variable.
4777
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004778 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4779 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4780 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4783 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4784 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4785 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4788 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4789 be automatically started (by internally calling
4790 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4793 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4794 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4795 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4796 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004798 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4799 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004800 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4801 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4802 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4803 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4804 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4805 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4806 access it during the boot procedure.
4807
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004808 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4809 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4810 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4811 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4812 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4813 must be accessible by the kernel.
4814
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004815 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4816 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4817 defined.
4818
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004819 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4820 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4821 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4822 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4823 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4826 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4827 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4828 is usually what you want since it allows for
4829 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4830 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004831 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4833 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4834 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4835 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4838 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4839 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4840 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4841 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4842 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4847 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4848 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4849 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4850 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4851 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4852 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4857 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004869 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004871 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4872 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004874 => setenv ethact FEC
4875 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4876 => setenv ethact SCC
4877 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004879 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4880 available network interfaces.
4881 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4882
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004883 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4885 When set to "once" the network operation will
4886 fail when all the available network interfaces
4887 are tried once without success.
4888 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4889 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004891 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004892
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004893 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4894 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4895 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4896 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4897 is silent.
4898
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004899 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004900 UDP source port.
4901
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004902 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4903 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4904
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004905 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4906 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4907
4908 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4909 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4910 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4911 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4912 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4913 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4914 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4915
4916 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004917 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004919
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004920The following image location variables contain the location of images
4921used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4922not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4923variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4924server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4925loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4926flash or offset in NAND flash.
4927
4928*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4929boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4930boards use these variables for other purposes.
4931
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004932Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4933----- --------- ----------- --------------
4934u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4935Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4936device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4937ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4940updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4941depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 bootfile - see above
4944 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4945 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4946 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4947 hostname - Target hostname
4948 ipaddr - see above
4949 netmask - Subnet Mask
4950 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4951 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004952
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4957 as type string and/or serial number
4958 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4961the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4962once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
4964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4968 with the "version" command. This variable is
4969 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4973only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004975
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004976Callback functions for environment variables:
4977---------------------------------------------
4978
4979For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4980when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4981be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4982deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4983effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4984
4985The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4986U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4987
4988These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4989static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4990in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4991associations. The list must be in the following format:
4992
4993 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4994 list = entry[,list]
4995
4996If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4997Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4998
4999Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5000with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5001override any association in the static list. You can define
5002CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5003".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5004
5005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006Command Line Parsing:
5007=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5010the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012Old, simple command line parser:
5013--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5016- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005017- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5019 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005020 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5022 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024Hush shell:
5025-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5028 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5029 until...do...done, ...
5030- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5031 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5032 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5033 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035General rules:
5036--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5039 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5040 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5041 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005044 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5046 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5049=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005050
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005051Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5053"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005055Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5056MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5057"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5060in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5061ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5062variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5065 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5068 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5069 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5072 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5075 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5076 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5079 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005081If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005082will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005083may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5084The naming convention is as follows:
5085"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087Image Formats:
5088==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005090U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5091images in two formats:
5092
5093New uImage format (FIT)
5094-----------------------
5095
5096Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5097to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5098components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5099SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5100
5101
5102Old uImage format
5103-----------------
5104
5105Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5106preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5107details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5110 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005111 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5112 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5113 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005114* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005115 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5116 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5118* Load Address
5119* Entry Point
5120* Image Name
5121* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5124and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5125CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128Linux Support:
5129==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5132easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5133U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5136special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5137"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5138instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5139serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5142 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5143 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005145- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5146 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5149 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5150 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5151 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5152 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5153 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156Linux HOWTO:
5157============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5160---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5163configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5164(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5165Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005167But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5170include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005171Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5172and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005173as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176Configuring the Linux kernel:
5177-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5180device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183Building a Linux Image:
5184-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5187not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5188"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5189U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5190which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5191100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195 make TQM850L_config
5196 make oldconfig
5197 make dep
5198 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5201encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5202CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5209 -R .note -R .comment \
5210 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5219 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5220 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005221
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5224with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5225combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5226byte header containing information about target architecture,
5227operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5228stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5231print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5234contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5235checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 tools/mkimage -l image
5238 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5241from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5244 -n name -d data_file image
5245 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5246 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5247 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5248 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5249 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5250 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5251 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5252 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005253
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005254Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5255address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5256kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5259- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5264 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005265 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5267 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5268 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5269 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5270 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5271 Load Address: 0x00000000
5272 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5277 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5278 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5279 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5280 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5281 Load Address: 0x00000000
5282 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5285speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5286needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5287need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005289 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5291 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005292 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5294 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5295 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5296 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5297 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5298 Load Address: 0x00000000
5299 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5303when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5306 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5307 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5308 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5309 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5310 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5311 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5312 Load Address: 0x00000000
5313 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005314
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005315The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5316option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5317option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5318from the image:
5319
5320 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5321 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5322 indexed by 'position'
5323
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325Installing a Linux Image:
5326-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005328To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5329you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5334image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5335address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5336specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5337command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5340TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 .......... done
5345 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347 => loads 40100000
5348 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5349 ~>examples/image.srec
5350 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5351 ...
5352 15989 15990 15991 15992
5353 [file transfer complete]
5354 [connected]
5355 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
5357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005359this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5365 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5366 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5367 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5368 Load Address: 00000000
5369 Entry Point: 0000000c
5370 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
5372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373Boot Linux:
5374-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005376The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5377memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5378of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5379parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5380"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
5382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 => printenv bootargs
5384 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 => printenv bootargs
5389 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391 => bootm 40020000
5392 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5393 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5394 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5395 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5396 Load Address: 00000000
5397 Entry Point: 0000000c
5398 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5399 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5400 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5401 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5402 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5403 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5404 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5405 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005407If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5409format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5414 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5415 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5416 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5417 Load Address: 00000000
5418 Entry Point: 0000000c
5419 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5422 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5423 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5424 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5425 Load Address: 00000000
5426 Entry Point: 00000000
5427 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5430 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5431 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5432 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5433 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5434 Load Address: 00000000
5435 Entry Point: 0000000c
5436 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5437 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5438 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5439 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5440 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5441 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5442 Load Address: 00000000
5443 Entry Point: 00000000
5444 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5445 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5446 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5447 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5448 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5449 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5450 ...
5451 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5452 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005456Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5457-----------
5458
5459First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5460titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5461following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5462flat device tree:
5463
5464=> print oftaddr
5465oftaddr=0x300000
5466=> print oft
5467oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5468=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5469Speed: 1000, full duplex
5470Using TSEC0 device
5471TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5472Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5473Load address: 0x300000
5474Loading: #
5475done
5476Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5477=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5478Speed: 1000, full duplex
5479Using TSEC0 device
5480TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5481Filename 'uImage'.
5482Load address: 0x200000
5483Loading:############
5484done
5485Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5486=> print loadaddr
5487loadaddr=200000
5488=> print oftaddr
5489oftaddr=0x300000
5490=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5491## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005492 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5493 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5494 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005495 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005496 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005497 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5498 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5499Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5500Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5501Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5502[snip]
5503
5504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505More About U-Boot Image Types:
5506------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5511 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5512 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5513 the Standalone Program.
5514 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5515 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5516 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5517 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5518 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5519 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5520 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5521 being started.
5522 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5523 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5524 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5525 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5526 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5527 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5530 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5531 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5532 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5533 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5534 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5537 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5538 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5541 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5542 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5543 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005544
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005545Booting the Linux zImage:
5546-------------------------
5547
5548On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5549using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5550as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5551
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005552Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005553kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5554address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5555format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558Standalone HOWTO:
5559=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5562run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5563U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567"Hello World" Demo:
5568-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5571application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5572It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5573like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575 => loads
5576 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5577 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5578 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5579 [file transfer complete]
5580 [connected]
5581 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5584 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5585 Hello World
5586 argc = 7
5587 argv[0] = "40004"
5588 argv[1] = "Hello"
5589 argv[2] = "World!"
5590 argv[3] = "This"
5591 argv[4] = "is"
5592 argv[5] = "a"
5593 argv[6] = "test."
5594 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5595 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5600handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5601Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5602The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5603character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5604controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5607 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5608 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5609 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611 => loads
5612 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5613 ~>examples/timer.srec
5614 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5615 [file transfer complete]
5616 [connected]
5617 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619 => go 40004
5620 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5621 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5622 Using timer 1
5623 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625Hit 'b':
5626 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5627 Enabling timer
5628Hit '?':
5629 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5630 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5631Hit '?':
5632 [q, b, e, ?] .
5633 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5634Hit '?':
5635 [q, b, e, ?] .
5636 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5637Hit '?':
5638 [q, b, e, ?] .
5639 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5640Hit 'e':
5641 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5642Hit 'q':
5643 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
5645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646Minicom warning:
5647================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5650"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5651consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5652Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5653especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005654use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5655http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5656for help with kermit.
5657
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5660configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5663 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5664 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005665
5666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667NetBSD Notes:
5668=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5671(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5674NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5675need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5676Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5677attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5678missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5681 # mkdir powerpc
5682 # ln -s powerpc machine
5683 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5684 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5687and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5690stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5691proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5692tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005693meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
5695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696Implementation Internals:
5697=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5700implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5701inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5702hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
5704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705Initial Stack, Global Data:
5706---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5709starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5710system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5711This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5712is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5713at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5714options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5715models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5716MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5717locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005719 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005720 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005722 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5723 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5724 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5725 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5728 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5729 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5730 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5731 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005732 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5734 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005736 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5737 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005738 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5740 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5741 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5742 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005744 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5746 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005747 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5749 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5750 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5751 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5752 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754 -Chris Hallinan
5755 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5758code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5761 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005763* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5765 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5768 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5771normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5772turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5773simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5774functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5775functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5776the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5777place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5778reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5781relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5782GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5785 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005786 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5788 R5-R10: parameter passing
5789 R13: small data area pointer
5790 R30: GOT pointer
5791 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005793 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5794 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5795 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005797 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5800 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5801 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5802 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5803 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5804 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005806On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005807 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5808
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005809 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 R0: function argument word/integer result
5814 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005815 R9: platform specific
5816 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5818 R12: temporary workspace
5819 R13: stack pointer
5820 R14: link register
5821 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005823 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5824
5825 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005827On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5828 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5829
5830 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5831
5832 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5833 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5834
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005835On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5836
5837 R0-R1: argument/return
5838 R2-R5: argument
5839 R15: temporary register for assembler
5840 R16: trampoline register
5841 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5842 R29: global pointer (GP)
5843 R30: link register (LP)
5844 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5845 PC: program counter (PC)
5846
5847 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5848
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005849NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5850or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852Memory Management:
5853------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5856MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5859controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5860memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5861physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5864TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5865booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5866to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005867memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5869Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5872of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5875this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5878 :
5879 0x0000 1FFF
5880 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5881 :
5882 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884 :
5885 :
5886 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5887 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5888 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5889 :
5890 0x00FD FFFF
5891 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5892 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5893 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5894 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005895
5896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897System Initialization:
5898----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005901(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5903To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5904To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5905initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5906which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5907part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5908the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5911preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5912(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5913on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5914programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5915simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5916banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5919different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5920bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59210x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5922contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5925and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5926Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5927pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5930until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5931running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5932new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
5934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935U-Boot Porting Guide:
5936----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5939list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
5941
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005942int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943{
5944 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005946 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5947 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005950 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005951 return 0;
5952 }
5953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005954 Download latest U-Boot source;
5955
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005956 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005958 if (clueless)
5959 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961 while (learning) {
5962 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005963 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5964 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005965 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005966 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005969 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5970 Buy a BDI3000;
5971 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005973
5974 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5975 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5976 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5977 } else {
5978 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5979 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005981 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5982 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005984 while (!accepted) {
5985 while (!running) {
5986 do {
5987 Add / modify source code;
5988 } until (compiles);
5989 Debug;
5990 if (clueless)
5991 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5992 }
5993 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5994 if (reasonable critiques)
5995 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5996 else
5997 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000 return 0;
6001}
6002
6003void no_more_time (int sig)
6004{
6005 hire_a_guru();
6006}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
6008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009Coding Standards:
6010-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006013coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006014"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006015
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006016Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6017MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6018reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6019sources.
6020
6021Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6022Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6023in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024
6025Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6026- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006027- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006028- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006029- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6031
6032Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6033with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006034
6035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006036Submitting Patches:
6037-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6040establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6041may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006043Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006044
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006045Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6046see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006048When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6049it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6052 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6053 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006055* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6056 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6059
6060* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6061
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006062* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6063 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006064
6065* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6066 document these in the README file.
6067
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006068* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6069 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006070 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006071 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6072 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006074 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6075 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6076 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006078 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6079 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6080 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6081 affected files).
6082
6083 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6084 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085
6086* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6087 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6088
6089* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6090 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6091
6092
6093Notes:
6094
6095* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6096 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6097 for any of the boards.
6098
6099* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6100 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6101 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6102
6103* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6104 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6105 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6106 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6107 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6108 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006109
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006110* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6111 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6112 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6113 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.